LG WD-12331ADK Owner's manual

Add to my manuals
65 Pages

advertisement

LG WD-12331ADK Owner's manual | Manualzz
WD-14331(6)ADK
WD-12331(6)ADK
WD-15331(6)ADK
P/No.: MFL41480176
34
P
roduct Features
■ Protection against creases
With the alternate rotation of the drum, creasing in the laundry is
minimized.
■ More economical by Intelligent Wash System
Intelligent Wash System detects the amount of load and water temperature,
and then determines the optimum water level and washing time to minimize
energy and water consumption.
추가선택, 예약,
■ Child-Lock
The child-lock system is to be used for preventing children from pressing any
button to change the program during operation.
■ Low noise speed control system
By sensing the amount of load and balance, it evenly distributes load to
minimize the spinning noise level.
■ Direct Drive System
The advanced Brushless DC motor rotates the drum directly without belt and
pulley.
C
ontents
Warnings....................................................................................3
Installation..................................................................................4
Specifications.............................................................................5
Installation..................................................................................6
Care before washing................................................................12
Adding detergent .....................................................................13
Function ...................................................................................15
How to use washer ..................................................................16
Maintenance ............................................................................25
Troubleshooting guide .............................................................29
Terms of Warranty ...................................................................32
2
W arnings
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
!
WARNING!
For your safety, the information in this manual must be followed to minimize
the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent property damage,
personal injury, or loss of life.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING : To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or injury to persons when using
the washer, follow basic precautions, including the following:
• Do not install or store the washer where it will
be exposed to the weather.
• Do not tamper with controls.
• Do not repair or replace any part of the
washer
or attempt any servicing unless specifically
recommended in the user-maintenance
instructions or published user-repair
instructions that you understand and have the
skills to carry out.
• Keep the area underneath and around your
appliances free of combustible materials such
as lint, paper, rags, chemicals, etc.
• Close supervision is necessary if this
appliances is used by or near children or
infirm persons. Do not allow them to play on,
with, or inside this or any other appliance .
• Keep washer away from fire.
• Do not leave the washer door open.
An open door could entice children to hang on
the door or crawl inside the washer.
• Never reach into washer while it is moving.
Wait until the drum has completely stopped.
• The laundry process can reduce the flame
retardant of fabrics.
• Do not wash or dry articles that have been
cleaned in, washed in, soaked in, or spotted
with combustible or explosive substances
(such as wax, oil, paint, gasoline, degreasers,
dry-cleaning solvents, kerosene, etc.) which
may ignite or explode. Oil may remain in the
tub after a whole cycle resulting in fire
during drying. So, do not load oiled clothes.
• To avoid such a result, carefully follow the
garment manufacturer’s wash and care
instructions.
• Do not slam the washer door closed or try to
force the door open when locked. This could
result in damage to the washer.
• To minimize the possibility of electric shock,
unplug this appliance from the power supply
or disconnect the washer at the household
distribution panel by removing the fuse or
switching off the circuit breaker before
attempting any maintenance or cleaning.
• Never attempt to operate this appliance if it is
damaged, malfunctioning, partially
disassembled, or has missing or broken parts,
including a damaged cord or plug.
• dryer is intend only for drying textile material
in water.
• When a product was under water, Please
call service center. The risk of electric shock
and fire.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
GROUNDING INSTRUCTIONS
This appliance must be grounded. In the event of malfunction or breakdown, grounding will reduce the risk
of electric shock by providing a path of least resistance for electric current. This appliance is equipped with
a cord having an equipment-grounding conductor and grounding plug. The plug must be plugged into an
appropriate outlet that is properly installed and grounded in accordance with all local codes and ordinance.
• Do not use an adapter or otherwise defeat the grounding plug.
• If you don’t have the proper outlet, consult an electrician.
WARNING
:
Improper connection of the equipment-grounding conductor can result in risk of electric
shock. Check with a qualified electrician or serviceman if you are in doubt as to whether the appliance is
properly grounded. Do not modify the plug provided with the appliance - if it does not fit the outlet, have a
proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician.
3
I
nstallation
To minimize the risk of fire in a tumble dryer, the following should be observed:
• Items that have been spotted or soaked with vegetable or cooking oil constitute a fire
hazard and should not be placed in a tumble dryer.
Oil-affected items can ignite spontaneously, especially when exposed to heat
sources Such as in a tumble dryer. The items become warm, causing an oxidation
reaction in the oil. Oxidation creates heat. If the heat cannot escape, the items can
become hot enought to catch fire. Piling, stacking or storing oil-affected items can
prevent heat from escaping and so create a fire hazard.
If it is unavoidable that fabrics that contain vegetable or cooking oil or have been
contaminated by hair care products be placed in a tumble dryer they should first be
washed in hot water with extra detergent-this will reduce, but not eliminate, the
hazard. Washed in hot water with extra detergent-this will reduce, but not
eliminate, the hazard. The ‘cool down’ cycle of tumble dryers should be used to
reduce the temperature of the items. They should not be removed from the tumble
dryer or piled or stacked while hot.
• Items that have been previously cleaned in, washed in, soaked in or spotted with
petro/gasoline, dry-cleaning solvents or other flammable or explosive substances
should not be placed in a tumble dryer.
Highly flammable substances commonly used in domestic environments include
acetone, denatured alcohol, petrol/gasoline, kerosene, spot removers (some
brands), turpentine, waxes and was removers.
• Items containing foam rubber (also known as latex foam) or similarly testured
rubber. like materials should not be dried in a tumble dryer on a heat setting.
Foam rubber materials can, when heated, produce fire by spontaneous combustion.
• Fabric softeners or similar products should not be used in a tumble dryer to eliminate
the effects of static electricity unless this practice is specifically recommended by the
manufacturer of the fabric softener or product.
• Undergarments that contain metal reinforcements should not be placed in a tumble
dryer.
Damage to the tumble dryer can result if metal reinforcements come loose during
drying. When available a drying rack could be used for such items.
• Plastic articles such as shower caps or babies waterproof napkin covers should not
be placed in a tumble dryer.
• Rubber-backed articles, clothes fitted with foam rubber pads, pillows, galoshes and
rubber-coated tennis shoes should not be placed in a tumble dryer.
4
S
pecifications
Name
: Front loading washing machine
Power supply
: 220 - 240V~, 50 Hz
Size
: 600mm(W) x 550mm(D) x 850mm(H)
Weight
: 61 kg
Wash capacity/Max. Watt
: Refer to the Rating Label
Dry capacity/Max. Watt
: Refer to the Rating Label
Water consumption
: 147ℓ
Permissible water pressure : 0.3-10 kgf/㎠ (30-1000 kPa)
Spin speed
: No Spin/400/600/800/1000/1200/1400
[WD-14331(6)ADK, WD-15331(6)ADK]
No Spin/400/600/800/1000/1200
[WD-12331(6)ADK]
❋ The appearance and specifications may be varied without notice to raise the units
quality.
■ Accessories
Inlet hose(1EA)
Spanner
5
I
nstallation
Install or store where it will not be exposed to temperatures below freezing or exposed to the weather.
Properly ground washer to conform with all governing codes and ordinances.
The base opening must not be obstructed by carpeting when the washing machine is installed on a
carpeted floor.
In countries where there are areas which may be subject to infestation by cockroaches or other vermin,
pay particular attention to keeping the appliance and its surroundings in clean condition at all times.
Any damage which may be cause by cockroaches or other vermin will not be covered by the appliance
guarantee.
Transit bolts
The appliance is fitted with transit bolts to prevent internal damage during transport.
• Packing and all transit bolts must
be removed before using the
washer.
When unpacking the base, be
sure to remove the additional
packing support in the middle
of the base packing.
Washer
Packing Support
Base Packing
(Packing support may not
be used depending on
models.)
Removing transit bolts
1. To prevent internal damage during
transport, the special 4 bolts are
locked. Before operating the washer,
remove the bolts along with the rubber
bungs.
3. Take out the 4 bolts along with the
rubber bungs by slightly twisting the
bung. Keep the 4 bolts and the
spanner for future use.
• If they are not removed, it may cause
heavy vibration, noise and malfunction.
• Whenever the appliance is transported,
the transit bolts must be refitted.
2. Unscrew the 4 bolts with
the spanner supplied.
4. Close the holes with the caps supplied.
6
I
nstallation
Installation place requirement
Drain Hose
Washer
Laundry
Tub
approx.
2cm
Level floor :
Allowable slope under entire washer is 1˚
Power outlet :
Must be within 1.5 meters of either side of
location of washer. Do not overload the outlet
with more than one appliance.
Additional Clearance :
For wall, door and floor modeling is required.
(10cm : rear /2cm:right & left side)
Do not place or store laundry products on top of
washer at any times.
They can damage the finish or controls.
Positioning
Install the washer on a flat hard floor.
Make sure that air circulation around the washer is not impeded by carpets,rug etc.
• Never try to correct any unevenness in the floor with pieces of wood, cardboard or similar
materials under the washer.
• If it is impossible to avoid positioning the washer next to a gas cooker or coal burning
stove,an insulating(85x60cm) covered with aluminum foil on the side facing the cooker or
stove,must be inserted between the two appliances.
• The washer must not be installed in rooms where the temperature can drop below 0°C.
• Please ensure that when the washer is installed, it is easily accessible for the engineer in
the event of a breakdown.
• With the washer installed adjust all four feet using the transit bolt spanner provided
ensuring the appliance is stable, and a clearance of approximately 20mm is left between
the top of the washer and the underside of the work-top.
7
I
nstallation
■ Electrical connection
1. Do not use an extension cord or double adapter.
2. If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer or its service agents or similarly
qualified person in order to avoid a hazard.
3. Always unplug the machine and turn off the water supply after use.
4. Connect the machine to an earthed socket in accordance with current wiring regulations.
5. The appliance must be positioned so that the plug is easily accessible.
• Repairs to the washing machine must only be carried out by qualified personnel. Repairs carried out by
inexperienced persons may cause injury or serious malfunctioning. Contact your local service center
• Do not install your washing machine in rooms where temperature below freezing may occur. Frozen hoses may burst
under pressure. The reliability of the electronic control unit may be impaired at temperatures below freezing point.
• If the appliance is delivered in the winter months and temperatures are below freezing : Place the washing
machine at room temperature for a few hours before putting it into operation.
CAUTION
CAUTION concerning the Power Cord
Most appliances recommend they be placed upon a dedicated circuit; that is, a single outlet circuit
which powers only that appliance and has no additional outlets or branch circuits. Check the
specification page of this owner's manual to be certain.
Do not overload wall outlets. Overloaded wall outlets, loose or damaged wall outlets, extension cords,
frayed power cords, or damaged or cracked wire insulation are dangerous. Any of these conditions
could result in electric shock or fire. Periodically examine the cord of your appliance, and if its
appearance indicates damage or deterioration, unplug it, discontinue use of the appliance, and have
the cord replaced with an exact replacement part by an authorized servicer.
Protect the power cord from physical or mechanical abuse, such as being twisted, kinked, pinched,
closed in a door, or walked upon. Pay particular attention to plugs, wall outlets, and the point where
the cord exits the appliance.
■ Washing Machine is to be connected to the water mains using new hose-sets and old hose-sets should
not be used.
■ Connecting water supply hose
▶Water supply pressure must be between 30kPa and 1000kPa
(0.3~10kgf/cm2)
Cold
Cold
water
tap
▶Don’t strip or crossthread when connecting Inlet hose to the valve.
▶If the water supply pressure is more than 1000kPa, a decompression
device should be installed.
• Two rubber seals are supplied with the water inlet hoses. They are
used for preventing water leaks.
• Make sure the connection to taps is tight enough.
• Periodically check the condition of the hose and replace the hose if
necessary.
• Make sure that there is no kink on the hose and that it is not
crushed.
NOTE
8
After completing connection, if water leaks from the hose, repeat the same steps. Use the most conventional type
of faucet for water supply. In case the faucet is square or too big, remove the spacing ring before inserting the
faucet into the adaptor.
I
nstallation
Normal Tap without thread & screw type inlet hose
1. Unscrew the fixing screw to
attach the tap.
2. Push the connector up till the
rubber packing is in tight contact
with the tap. Then tighten the 4
screws.
3. Push the water supply hose
vertically upwards so that the
rubber packing within in the
hose can adhere completely to
the tap and then tighten it by
screwing it to the right.
Normal Tap without thread & one touch type inlet hose
1. Untighten the upper connector
screw.
Upper
Connector
Fixing screw
Rubber
packing
Middle
connector
• In case the diameter of the tap is
large remove the guide plate.
Guide plate
2. Push the upper connector up till 3. Connect the water supply hose
the rubber packing is in tight
contact with the tap. Then
tighten the 4 screws.
Upper
Connector
Rubber packing
Plate
Upper
Connector
Water supply
hose
Middle
connector
• Turn the middle connector not
to have water leaked.
Connector
to the middle connector,
pushing the plate down.
• Make sure that the rubber seal
is inside the hose connector.
• To separate the water supply
hose from the middle connector
shut off the tap. Then pull the
inlet hose down, pushing the
plate down.
Hose connector
Rubber seal
Used the horizontal tap
Horizontal tap
Extension tap
• Make sure that there are no
kinks in the hose and that it is
not crushed.
Square tap
9
I
nstallation
This equipment is not designed for maritime use or for use mobile installations such as
caravans, aircraft etc.
Turn off the stopcock if the machine is to be left for any length of time (e.g. holiday),
especially if there is no floor drain(gully) in the immediate vicinity.
When disposing of the appliance, cut off the mains cable, and destroy the Plug.
Disable the door lock to prevent young children being trapped inside.
Packaging material (e.g. Films, Styrofoam) can be dangerous for children. There is a risk
of suffocation !
Keep all packaging well away from children
Installation of drain hose
• When installing the drain hose to a sink,
secure it tightly with a string.
• Proper securing of the drain hose will
protect the floor from damage due to
water leakage.
• The drain hose should not be placed higher than
100 cm above the floor. Water in the washer does
not drain or drains slowly.
• Proper securing of the drain hose will protect the
floor from damage due to water leakage.
• When the drain hose is too long, do not force
back into the washer. This will cause abnormal
noise.
10
I
nstallation
Level adjustment
1. Adjusting the washing machine level properly prevents excessive
noise and vibration.
Install the appliance on a solid and level floor surface, preferably
in a corner of the room.
NOTE
Timber or suspended type flooring may contribute to
excessive vibration or load balance errors.
2. If the floor is uneven, adjust the adjustable feet as required.
(do not insert pieces of wood etc. under the feet)
Make sure that all four feet are stable and resting on the floor and
then check that the appliance is perfectly level. (use a spirit level)
※ After the washer is level, tighten the lock nuts up towards of the base
of the washer. All lock nuts must be tightened.
NOTE
In the case that the washing machine is installed on a raised
platform, it must be securely fastened in order
to eliminate the risk that it might fall off.
❊ Diagonal Check
When pushing down the edges of the washing machine top plate
diagonally, the machine should not move up and down at all.
(Please, check both of two directions)
If machine rocks when pushing the machine top plate diagonally,
adjust the feet again.
Concrete floors
• The installation surface must be clean, dry and level.
• Install washer on a flat hard floor.
Tile floors (Slippery floors)
• Position each foot on the Tread Mate and level the machine to suit. (Cut Tread Mate into 70x70 mm
sections and stick the pieces on to the dry tile where machine is to be placed.)
※ Tread Mate is a self adhesive material used on ladders & steps that prevents slipping.
Wooden floors (Suspended floors)
Rubber Cup
• Wooden floors are particularly susceptible to vibration.
• To prevent vibration we recommend you place rubber cups under each foot,
※ It can be purchased from
at least 15mm thick under the washer, secured to at least 2 floor beams with screws. hardware suppliers.
• If possible install the washer in one of the corners of the room, where the floor is more stable.
※ Insert the rubber cups to reduce vibration.
※ Rubber cups ( p/no. 4620ER4002B ) can be purchased from the LG spare parts department.
Important!
• Proper placement and levelling of the washer ensures long, regular and reliable operation.
• The washer must be absolutely horizontal and stand firmly in position.
• It must not “Seesaw” across corners under load.
• The installation surface must be clean, free from floor wax and other lubricant coatings.
• Do not let the feet of the washer get wet. If feet of the washer get wet, slipping may occur.
11
C
are before washing
■ Before the first washing
Select a cycle (COTTON 60°C, add a half load of detergent) allow the unit to wash
without clothing. This will remove residues and water from the drum that may have been left
during manufacturing.
■ Caring before washing
1. Care Labels
Look for a care label on your clothes. This will tell you about the fabric content of your garment and
how it should be washed.
2. Sorting
To get the best results, Sort clothes into loads that can be washed with the same wash cycle.
Water temperature and spin speed and different fabrics need to be washed in different ways.
Always sort dark colors from pale colors and whites. Wash separately as dye and lint transfer can
occur causing discoloration of white etc. If possible, do not wash heavily soiled items with lightly
soiled one.
Soil (Heavy, Normal, Light)
Separate clothes according to amount of soil.
Color (White, Lights, Darks)
Separate white fabrics from colored fabrics.
Lint (Lint producers, Collectors)
Wash lint producers and lint collectors
separately.
3. Caring before loading
Combine large and small items in a load. Load large items first. Large items should not be more than half
the total wash load.
Do not wash single items. This may cause an out-of-balance load. Add one or two similar items.
• Check all pockets to make sure that they
are empty. Items such as nails, hair clip,
matches, pens, coins and keys can damage
both your washer and your clothes.
• Close zippers, hooks and strings to
make sure that these items don’t
snag on other clothes.
• Pre treat dirt and stains by brushing a little
detergent dissolved in water onto stains like
collars and cuffs to help shift dirt.
• Check the folds of the flexible gasket (gray) and
remove any small articles,if any.
• Check inside of the drum and remove any left
items in it for next wash cycle.
• Remove any clothing or items on the flexible
gasket to prevent clothing and the gasket
damages.
12
A dding detergent
Adding detergent and fabric softener
1. The Dispenser Drawer
• Main wash only ➔
MAX
• Pre Wash + Main Wash ➔
max
2. Adding Fabric Softener
• Do not exceed the maximum fill line.
Close the dispenser drawer slowly.
Overfilling can cause early dispensing
of the fabric softener which could stain
clothes.
• Do not leave the fabric softener in the
detergent drawer for more than 2 days.
(Fabric softener could harden)
• Softener will automatically be added
during the last rinse cycle.
• Do not open the drawer when water is
supplied.
• Solvents(benzene, etc) are not
allowable.
NOTE
Do not pour fabric softener
directly on the cloths
13
A dding detergent
3. Detergent dosage
• The detergent should be used according to the
instruction of the detergent manufacture.
• If too much detergent is used, too many suds
can occur and this will decrease the washing
result or cause heavy load to the motor.
• Use powder detergent only for the front
loading washer.
❇ If suds occur too much, pleas reduce the
detergent amount.
• Detergent usage may need to be adjusted
for water temperature, water hardness,
size and soil level of the load. For best
results, avoid oversudsing.
❋ Tips
Full load : according to
manufacturer’s recommendation.
Part load : 3/4 of the normal
amount.
Minimum load : 1/2 of full load.
• Detergent is flushed from the dispenser
at the beginning of the cycle.
5. Using the Tablets
1) Open the door and Tablets into the
drum.
MAX
4. Water softener
max
2) Load the laundry into the drum.
• A water softener, such as Anti limescale
(Clagon) can be used to cut down on the
use of detergent in extremely hard water
areas. Dispense according to the amount
specified on the packaging.
First add detergent and then the water
softener.
• Use the quantity of detergent as for soft
water.
14
3) Close the door.
F
unction
Recommended courses according to the laundry type
Program
Cotton
Fabric Type
First check if laundry is
machine washable.
(white cotton, linen towel
and sheets...)
Colour fast gaments
(shirts, night dresses,
pajamas...)and lightly soiled
white cotton(underwear...)
Proper
Temp.
(Option)
Option
95˚C
60˚C
(30°C, 40°C,
60°C-Eco)
Maximum
Load
Rating
- Intensive
- Rinse Hold
- Rinse+
- Pre Wash
- Dry
Rating
Synthetic
Polyamide, Acrylic,
Polyester.
40˚C
(30˚C,60˚C)
4.0kg
Delicate
Delicate laundry easily
damaged.
30˚C
(Cold, 40˚C)
3.0kg
Wool/Silk
Machine washable woolens
with pure new wool only.
30˚C
(Cold, 40˚C)
Hand
Wash
“Hand Wash” marked
delicate and wool laundry.
Cold
(30˚C)
Coloured fast laundary
which is lightly soiled.
30˚C
Quick 30
- Intensive
- Rinse Hold
- Rinse+
2.0kg
2.0kg
4.0kg
❋ Water Temperature : Select the water temperature to the wash cycles.
Always follow garment manufacture’s care label or instructions
when laundering.
❋ Intensive : If the laundry is heavily soiled “Intensive” option is effective.
❋ Pre Wash : If the laundry is heavily soiled, “Pre Wash” Cotton is recommended.
Pre Wash is available in Cotton, Eco and Synthetic Program.
15
H ow to use washer
1. Cotton automatically
selected upon power on.
2. Manual Selecting
• Press the Power button to start.
• Press the Power button to start.
• Press the Start/Pause button.
• Select the conditions which you want to
use, by turning the program dial and
pressing each button.
For selecting the each conditions, please
refer to the page17~page24
• Initial conditions
- Wash : main wash
- Rinse : 3 times
- Spin :
• 1400 rpm [WD-14331(6)ADK, WD-15331(6)ADK]
• 1200 rpm [WD-12331(6)ADK]
- Water temperature : 60˚C
- Program : Cotton
16
• Press the Start/Pause button.
H ow to use washer
(1) Dial : Program
(2) Button : Start / Pause
(3) Button : Intensive
(4) Button : Rinse Hold
(5) Button : Rinse+
(6) Button : Pre Wash
(7) Button : Dry
(8) Button : Child Lock
(9) Button : Power
(10) Button : Spin
(11) Button : Time Delay
Option
• By pressing the
Option button,
all Option
functions may
be selected.
- Intensive
- Rinse Hold
- Rinse+
- Pre Wash
- Dry
1. Intensive
• If the laundry is heavily soiled “Intensive”
option is effective.
• By selecting the Intensive option, the wash
time may be extended, depending on the
program selected.
2. Rinse Hold
• Is selected by pressing the Rinse Hold button
this function leaves clothes in the machine;
suspended in the water after a rinse without
entering into spin.
• To proceed to a Drain or Spin function after a
Rinse hold, select Drain on the program dial or
press the Spin selector button to the desired
speed, then press the Start/Pause button.
3. Rinse+
• For additional rinse which may assist in
removing traces of detergent residue.
• By selecting Rinse+ function, the rinse
time and the rinse water are increased.
4. Pre Wash
• If the laundry is heavily soiled,
“Pre Wash” course is effective.
• Pre Wash is available in Cotton, Eco
and Synthetic.
5. Dry
• When you want to dry, select this button.
• Available in Cotton and Synthetic.
• Please note that the drying capacity is
3.5 kg. Please remove excess clothes
from the completed wash before
comencing the drying and ensure that the
cold water tap is left on.
The required lamp will light up for identification.
17
H ow to use washer
Spin
[WD-14331(6)ADK, WD-15331(6)ADK]
• By pressing the Spin button, the spin
speed can be chosen and the LED of rpm
is turned on.
[WD-12331(6)ADK]
1. Spin selection
• Spin Speed is available according to
the program as follows.
WD-14331(6)ADK, WD-15331(6)ADK
- Cotton, Rinse+Spin, Quick 30
No Spin - 400 - 600 800 - 1000 - 1200 - 1400
Spin only:
1. Press the Power buton.
2. Set the desired spin speed by pressing
the Spin button.
3. Press the Start/Pause button.
- Synthetic, Wool/Silk, Hand Wash
No Spin - 400 - 600 - 800 - 1000
- Delicate
No Spin - 400 - 600 - 800
WD-12331(6)ADK
- Cotton, Rinse+Spin, Quick 30
No Spin - 400 - 600 - 800 1000 - 1200
- Synthetic, Wool/Silk, Hand Wash
No Spin - 400 - 600 - 800 - 1000
- Delicate
No Spin - 400 - 600 - 800
2. No spin
• If no spin is selected, the washer stops
after draining water.
18
H ow to use washer
Water Temp.
Child Lock
If you choose to lock
the buttons on the
control assembly to
prevent tampering this
function may be
selected.
• Child Lock can be set by pressing the
Rinse+ button and Pre Wash button
simultaneously. (About three seconds)
• By turning the Program Dial, the water
temperature can be selected.
- Cold
- 30˚C / 40˚C / 60˚C / 95˚C
• Water temperature can be selected
according to the program.
The required temperature lamp will light up
for identification.
• When child lock is set, all buttons are locked
except for power button.
• To deactivate Child Lock system, press
Rinse+ and Pre Wash buttons
simultaneously again. (About three seconds)
For the more detailed information, please
refer to the page15.
• To change to the desired program, whilst
in child lock mode.
1. Press both Rinse+ and Pre Wash together
once again. (About three seconds)
2. Press the Start/Pause button.
3. Select the desired program and press the
Start/Pause button again.
• The child lock can be set at any time and
it is automatically canceled when
operational errors occur. Also Child Lock
works when power is off.
19
H ow to use washer
Dry
NOTE
The drying capacity for this model
is 3.5 kg. Please remove
approprate excess weight before
commencing the drying cycle.
• This washer-dryer’s
automatical process from
washing to drying can be
selected easily.
• For most even drying ,
make sure all articles in the
clothes load are similar in
material and thickness.
• Do not overload dryer by stuffing too
many articles into drum. Items must be
able to tumble freely.
• If you open door and remove load before
dryer has finished its cycle, remember to
press the Start/Pause button.
• By pressing the DRY button, you can
select
Normal
➔
Low Temp.
More
➔
➔
Time
Less
• After the end of dry, “
” is displayed.
By pressing the “Start/Pause” button the
program can be ended. If you not press
the “Start/Pause” button, the program is
ended after about 4 hours.
“
” Cooling Cycle.
20
1.Drying Automatic guide
• Use your Automatic Cycles to dry most
loads.
Electronic sensors measures the
temperature of the exhaust to increase
or decrease drying temperatures for
faster reaction time and tighter
temperature control.
• Recommand Automatic drying course for
clothes type.
a) For Synthetics select - Low Temp.
b) If you want to iron clothes-Less.
c) For Cottons select - Normal
d) For washable nappies select - More
NOTE: The estimated drying time varies
from the actual drying time with an
Automatic. The type of fabric, size of the
load, and the dryness selected, do affect
the drying times.
H ow to use washer
Dry
2.Drying time guide
• By press the Dry button, the drying time
can be selected.
• Drying course can last up to 150min.
When selecting drying only, drying
course will start after spining. (The
spinning time is about 19~22 min.)
• These drying times are given as a guide
to help you set your dryer for manual
drying. Drying times can vary greatly
depending on dampness, room
temperature and type of fabric and your
own experience will be your best guide.
Woolen Articles
- Do not tumble dry woolen articles. Pull them to
their original shape and dry them flat.
Woven and Loopknit Materials
- Some woven and loopknit materials may
shrinks, by varying amounts, depending on their
quality.
- Always stretch them out immediately after
drying.
Permanent Press and Synthetics
- Do not overload your dryer
- Take out permanent press articles as soon as
the dryer stops to reduce wrinkles.
Fiber or Leather Materials
- Always check the manufacture’s instructions.
Baby clothes and Night Gowns
- Always check the manufacture’s instructions.
Rubber and Plastics
- Do not dry any items made from or containing
rubber or plastics, such as:
a) aprons, bibs, chair covers
b) curtains and table cloths
c) bathmats
Fiber glass
- Do not dry fiberglass articles in your dryer.
Glass particles left in the dryer could be
picked up by your clothes the next time
you use the dryer and irri tate your skin.
3.Completion of Drying
• When drying cycle is completed, “
”
[Cool Down] is displayed on the Multi
display.
• The Cool Down is setting automatically
when a drying cycle is complete.
• When you are not remove a loaf of clothes
from the dryer as soon as it stops, wrinkles
can form.
• The Cool Down operating periodically
tumbles, rearranges and fluffs the load to
avoid wrinkles without heat for up to 4
hours.
• The
message will continue to display
until the clothes are removed or the
“Start/Pause” button is pressed.
21
H ow to use washer
Time Delay
Program
Preparing washing before starting
“Time Delay”
- Turn on the water tap.
- Load laundry and close the door.
- Place the detergent and fabric softener
in the drawer.
• How to set “Time Delay”
- Press Power button.
- Turn the Program dial to select
the program you require.
- Press Time Delay button and set the
desired time.
- Press the Start/Pause button.
(“:” blinks.)
• If Time Delay button is pressed, “3:00”
is displayed. The maximum delayed time
is 19 hours and the minimum time is
3 hours.
• Each pressing of the button advances
on time delay by one hour.
• To cancel the time delay, press the
Power button.
• Time Delay is ‘expected time’ from the
present to the completion of washing
cycle or selected process (Wash, Rinse,
Spin).
• According to the condition of water supply
and temperature, the delayed time and the
actual washing time may vary.
22
• 8 programs are available according to the
laundry type.
• Lamp will light up to indicate selected
program.
• When Start/Pause button is pressed,
the Cotton program is automatically
selected.
- By turning the Program dial, the
program is selected in order of
“ Cotton - Delicate - Quick 30 Rinse+Spin - Drain - Hand Wash Wool/Silk - Synthetic”.
For information regarding laundary type
for each program, please refer to page 15.
H ow to use washer
Start/Pause
Power
1. Start
1. Power
• This Start/Pause button is used to start
wash cycle or pause the wash cycle.
• Press the Power button to turn power on
and off
2. Pause
• To cancel the Time Delay function, the
power button should be pressed.
• If temporary stop of wash cycle is
needed, press the Start/Pause button.
• When in Pause, the power is turned off
automatically after 4 minutes.
• NB. The door will not open before 1 to 2
minutes when Pause is selected,
or at the end of the wash cycle.
Door Lock
2. Initial Program
• When the Power button is pressed, the
washer is ready for Cotton program.
And the other initial conditions as
follows.
• So, if you want to advance into the
washing cycle without changing the
program, just press the Start/Pause
button and then the washer will proceed.
■ Initial program
• Lights whenever the door of the washer is
locked.
• The door can be unlocked by pressing the
Start/Pause button to stop the washer.
• The door can be opened after a short delay.
Detecting
• While the "Detecting" is shown in the display
the machine rotates slowly and detects how
many laundries are loaded in the drum. It will
take a few seconds.
• Available in Cotton, Synthetic.
[WD-14331(6)ADK, WD-15331(6)ADK]
- Cotton Program / Main Wash /
Normal Rinse / 1400 rpm / 60˚C
[WD-12331(6)ADK]
- Cotton Program / Main Wash /
Normal Rinse / 1200 rpm / 60˚C
23
H ow to use washer
Display
3. Completion of washing
• When washing cycle is completed,
“
” is displayed.
1. Special function display
4. Time left
• When child lock is selected, the
“
” is displayed.
• During washing cycle, the remaining
washing time is displayed.
• Recommended program by
manufacturer.
• After the end of dry, “
” is displayed.
• When time delay is selected, it shows the
remaining time to finish the selected
program.
2. Self diagnosis display
• If the machine encounters a fault
during operation, the associated fault
will be displayed.
“
” : Water pressure sensing error
“
” : Problem of overfilling water
“
” : Door is not closed
“
” : Water inlet trouble
“
” : Drainage trouble
“
” : Unbalanced load
“
” : Water temperature trouble
“
” : Over load in motor
“
” : Over load in motor
“
” : The washer experienced a
power failure.
“
” : Dry heater or thermostat
trouble.
If these error letters are displayed, please
refer to the troubleshooting page29 and
follow the guide.
24
❋(
) : WD-12331(6)ADK
- Cotton 95˚C :
around 2 hours and 19(17) minutes
- Cotton 60˚C :
around 1 hour and 42(40) minutes
- Synthetic :
around 1 hour and 20 minutes
- Delicate : around 52 minutes
- Wool/Silk : around 50 minutes
- Hand Wash :
around 44 minutes
- Quick 30 : around 30 minutes
- Rinse+ Spin : around 20(18) minutes
- Drain : around 1 minute
• The washing time may vary by the
amount of laundry, water pressure,
water temperature and other washing
conditions.
• If an unbalanced load is detected or if
the suds removing program operates,
the wash time may be extended.
(Max. increasing time is 45 minutes.)
M aintenance
❋ Before cleaning the washer interior, unplug the electrical power cord to avoid electrical
shock to avoid electrical shock hazards.
❋ When disposing of the appliance, cut off the mains cable, and destroy the plug Disable
the door lock to prevent young children being trapped inside.
The water inlet filter
-"
" error message will blink on the control panel when water does not enter the
detergent drawer.
- If water is very hard or contains traces of lime deposit, the water inlet filter may become
clogged.
It is therefore a good idea to clean it from time to time.
1. Turn off the water tap.
2. Unscrew the water inlet hose.
3. Clean the filter using a hard bristle
brush.
4. Tighten up the inlet hose.
25
M aintenance
■ The drain pump filter
❋ The drain filter collects threads and small objects left in the laundry.
Check regularly that the filter is clean to ensure smooth running of your machine.
! CAUTION
First drain using the drain hose and then open the pump filter to
remove whatever any threads or objects.
Be careful when draining if the water is hot.
❋ Allow the water to cool down before cleaning the drain pump, carrying out
emergency emptying or opening the door in an emergency.
1. Open the lower cover cap (
) by using
a coin.
Drain plug ( ) to pull out the hose.
001
1
2. Unplug the drain plug (
), allowing the
water to flow out. At this time use a
vessel to prevent water flowing on to the
floor. When water does not flow any
more, turn the pump filter ( ) open to
the left.
3
2
3. Remove out any foreign material from
the pump filter (
).
4. After cleaning, turn the pump filter (
)
clockwise and insert the drain plug ( )to
the original place. close the lower cover
cap.
3
2
26
M aintenance
■ Dispenser drawer
❋ After a while detergents and fabric softeners leave a deposit in the drawer.
• It should be cleaned from time to time with a jet of running water.
• If necessary it can be removed completely from the machine by pressing the catch
downwards and by pulling it out.
MAX
• To facilitate cleaning, the upper part of the fabric softener compartment can be removed.
MAX
max
max
■ The drawer recess
❋ Detergent can also accumulate inside the recess which should
be cleaned occasionally with an old toothbrush.
• Once you have finished cleaning, replace the drawer and run a
rinse cycle without laundry.
■ The washing drum
• If you live in a hard water area, limescale may continuously build up in places where it cannot be
seen and thus not easily removed.
Over time the build up of scale clogs appliances, and if it is not kept in check, expensive
maintenance or repairs may result.
• Although the washing drum is made of Stainless steel, specks of rust can be caused by small
metal articles (paper clips, safety pins) which have been left in the drum.
• The washing drum should be cleaned from time to time.
• If you use descaling agents, dyes or bleaches, make sure they are suitable for washing machine
use.
❋ Descaler may contain chemicals that may damage part of your washing machine.
❋ Remove any spots with a stainless steel cleaning agent.
❋ Never use steel wool.
27
M aintenance
■ Cleaning your washer
1. Exterior
Proper care of your washer can extend its life.
The outside of the machine can be cleaned with warm water and a neutral non abrasive
household detergent.
Immediately wipe off any spills. Wipe with damp cloth.
Try not to hit surface with sharp objects.
❋ IMPORTANT: Do not use methylated spirits, diluents or similar products.
2. Interior
Dry around the washer door opening, flexible gasket and door glass.
Run washer through a complete cycle using hot water.
Repeat process if necessary.
NOTE
Remove hard water deposits using only cleaners labeled as washer safe.
■ Cold condition
If the washer is stored in an area where freezing may occur or moved in freezing
temperatures, follow these instructions to prevent damage to the washer:
1. Turn off water supply tap.
2. Disconnect hoses from water supply and drain water from hoses.
3. Plug electrical cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet.
4. Add 1gallon(3.8L) of nontoxic recreational vehicle(RV) antifreeze into an empty wash drum.
Close the door.
5. Set spin cycle and let washer spin for 1minute to drain out all water.
Not all of the RV antifreeze will be expelled.
6. Unplug electrical power cord, dry the drum interior, and close the door.
7. Remove dispenser drawer drain and dry excessive water from the compartments.
8. Store washer in an uprignt position.
9. To remove antifreeze from washer after storage, run empty washer
through a complete cycle using detergent. Do not add wash load.
28
T
roubleshooting guide
❋ This washing machine is equipped with automatic safety functions which detect and diagnose faults at an
early stage and react appropriately.
When the machine does not function properly or does not function at all, check the following points before
you contact your service provider.
Symptom
Possible Cause
Solution
Rattling and
clanking noise
• Foreign objects such as coins or
safety pins maybe in drum or
pump.
Stop washer and check drum
and drain filter.
If noise continues after washer
is restarted, call your authorised
service centre.
Thumping sound
• Heavy wash loads may produce
a thumping sound. This is usually
normal.
If sound continues, washer is
probably out of balance. Stop and
redistribute wash load.
Vibrating noise
• Have all the transit bolts and
packing been removed?
• Are all the feet resting firmly on
the ground?
If not removed during
installation. Refer to Installation guide
for removing transit bolts.
Wash load may be unevenly
distributed in drum. Stop washer and
rearrange wash load.
Water leaks.
• Fill hoses or drain hose are loose
at tap or washer.
Check and tighten hose connections.
• House drain pipes are clogged.
Unclog drain pipe. Contact plumber
if necessary.
Too much detergent or unsuitable
detergent may cause excessive
foaming which may result in water
leaks, and vibration during spin.
Oversudsing
Water does not enter
washer or it enters
slowly
Water in the washer
does not drain or
drains slowly.
• Water supply is not adequate in
area.
Check another tap in the house.
• Water supply tap is not
completely open.
Fully open tap.
• Water inlet hose(s) are kinked.
Straighten hose.
• The filter of the inlet hose(s)
clogged.
Check the filter of the inlet hose.
• Drain hose is kinked or clogged.
Clean and straighten the drain hose.
• The drain filter is clogged.
Clean the drain filter
29
roubleshooting guide
T
Symptom
Washer does not start
Possible Cause
• Electrical power cord may not
be plugged in or connection
may be loose.
Make sure plug fits tightly in wall
outlet.
• House fuse blown, circuit
breaker tripped,or a power
outage has occurred.
Reset circuit breaker or replace fuse.
Do not increase fuse capacity.
If problem is a circuit overload, have
it corrected by a qualified electrician.
Turn on water supply tap.
• Water supply tap is not turned
on.
Washer will not spin
Solution
❋ Check that the door is firmly
shut.
Close the door and press the
Start/Pause button. After pressing
the Start/Pause button, it may take
a few moments before the clothes
washer begins to spin. The door
must lock before spin can be
achieved.
Door does not open
Once started, the door can not be
opened for safety reasons.
Wait one or two minutes before
opening the door to give the electric
locking mechanism time to release.
Wash cycle time
delayed
The washing time may vary by the
amount of laundry, water
pressure, water temperature and
other usage conditions.
If the imbalance is detected or if the
suds removing program works, the
wash time shall be increased.
Dry problem
30
• Does not dry
Do not overload.
Check that the washer is draining
properly to extract adequate water
from the load.
Clothes load is too small to tumble
property. Add a few towels.
T
roubleshooting guide
Symptom
Possible Cause
Solution
• Water supply is not adequate in area
• Water supply taps are not completely
open.
• Water inlet hose(s) are kinked.
• The filter of the inlet hose(s) are
clogged.
Check another tap in the house.
Fully open tap.
• Drain hose is kinked or clogged.
• The drain filter is clogged.
Clean and straighten the drain hose.
Clean the drain filter.
• Load is too small.
• Load is out of balance.
• The appliance has an unbalance
detection and correction system. If
individual heavy articles are loaded (ex.
bath mat, both robe, etc.), this system
may stop spinning or even interrupt the
spin cycle altogether.
• If the laundry is still too wet at the end
of the cycle, add smaller articles of
laundry to balance the load and repeat
the spin cycle.
Add 1 or 2 similar items to help
balance the load.
Rearrange load to allow proper
spinning
• Is the door opend
or not completely
closed?
Straighten hose(s).
Check the filter of the inlet hose(s).
Close the door completely.
❋ If “ ”is not released, call for service.
Unplug the power plug and call for service.
• Water overfills due to the faulty water
valve.
• Water level sensor has malfunctioned.
Close the water tap.
Unplug the power plug.
Call for service.
• Over load in motor.
• Over load in motor.
• The washer experienced a power
failure.
Restart the cycle.
• Check water supply.
Turn the tap on
If“
” is not released, unplug power
plug and call service.
31
T
erms of Warranty
What Is Not Covered:
• Service trips to your home to teach you how to use the product.
• If the product is connected to any voltage other than that shown on the rating plate.
• If the fault is caused by accident, neglect, misuse or Act of God.
• If the fault is caused by factors other than normal domestic use or use in
accordance with the owner's manual.
• Provide instruction on use of product or change the set-up of the product.
• If the fault is caused by pests for example, rats or cockroaches etc..
• Noise or vibration that is considered normal for example water drain sound, spin
sound, or warming beeps.
• Correcting the installation for example, levelling the product, adjustment of drain.
• Normal maintenance which recommended by the owner's manual.
• Removal of foreign objects / substances from the machine, including the pump and
inlet hose filter for example, grit, nails, bra wires, buttons etc.
• Replace fuses in or correct house wiring or correct house plumbing.
• Correction of unauthorized repairs.
• Incidental or consequential damage to personal property caused by possible
defects with this appliance.
• If this product is used for commercial purpose, it is not warranted.
(Example : Public places such as public bathroom, lodging house, training center,
dormitory)
If the product is installed outside the normal service area, any cost of
transportation involved in the repair of the product, or the replacement of a
defective part, shall be borne by the owner.
32
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﳌﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫‪WD-14331(6)ADK‬‬
‫‪WD-12331(6)ADK‬‬
‫‪WD-15331(6)ADK‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﺮا ﻟﺸﺮاء ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻷوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ إل ﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮاءة دﻟﻴﻞ اﳌﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬وﻫﺬا ﻳﻘﺪّم اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻋﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﻼﻣﺔ واﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ واﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ رﻗﻢ اﳌﻮدﻳﻞ واﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﳌﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰاﻳﺎ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫■ اﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ دوران اﳊﻠﺔ اﳌﺘﻨﺎوب ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻠﻞ اﻟﺘﺠﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫■ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ودرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﺮر‬
‫أﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﺎء ووﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ واﳌﻴﺎه اﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✄➱➜➣➝ ✄➡➤š➙❾™➮➡‬
‫■ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﳌﻨﻊ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻋﻦ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أي زر ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻀﺠﻴﺞ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺷﻌﺎر ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﺗﻮازﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫ﺿﺠﻴﺞ ﻧﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺪﻓﻊ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫اﳌﺘﻘﺪم ﺑﻼ ﻓﺮاش ﻳﺪﻳﺮ اﳊﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﺪون ﺣﺰام وﺑﻜﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮك ‪DC‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت ‪3 .............................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪4 ................................................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪5 ..............................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪6 ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ‪12 ..............................................‬‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ‪13 ............................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪15 ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪16 .........................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪25 ...............................................................‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﲢﺮى اﳋﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ ‪29 .......................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺮوط اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ‪32 .....................................................‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت‬
‫اﻗﺮأ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ !‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ إﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫اﻻﺣﺘﺮاق أو اﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎر ‪ ،‬واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬أو ﳌﻨﻊ اﳋﺴﺎﺋﺮ اﳌﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮح‬
‫اﻟﺸﺨﺺ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ‪ :‬ﳋﻔﺾ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻻﺣﺘﺮاق ‪ ،‬واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬أو ﺟﺮح اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺐ أو ﲢﻔﻆ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻌﺮض‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ واﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺐ أو ﲢﻔﻆ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻌﺮض‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ واﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻌﺒﺚ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ أو ﺗﺒﺪل أي ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺎول أي إﺻﻼح ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء اﳊﺎﻟﺔ اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت إﺻﻼح اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺼﺎدرة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫وﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ ﲟﻬﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫● اﺗﺮك ﲢﺖ اﳉﻬﺎز وﺣﻮل اﳉﻬﺎز ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻮاد‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺎن ‪ ،‬واﻟﻮرق ‪ ،‬واﻟﺴﺠﺎدة‬
‫‪ ،‬اﳌﻮاد اﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ...‬اﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫● اﻹﺷﺮاف اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ أو ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ‪ ،‬أو داﺧﻞ ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز أو أي ﺟﻬﺎز آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮك ﺑﺎب ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎب اﳌﻔﺘﻮح ﻳﻐﺮي اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎب أو‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﻰ داﺧﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳊﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎب‬
‫ﻟﻸﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪ ٪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ أو ﲡﻔﻒ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻏﺴﻴﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻌﻬﺎ أو وﺿﻊ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻮاد اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل أو اﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎر )ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻤﻊ ‪ ،‬واﻟﺰﻳﺖ ‪ ،‬واﻟﺪﻫﺎن ‪،‬واﻟﻐﺎزوﻟﲔ‪ ،‬وﻣﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺤﻢ‪ ،‬وﻣﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳉﺎف ‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﻜﻴﺮوﺳﲔ ‪ ،‬و‪ (....‬اﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
‫أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪.‬‬
‫● ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ‪ ،‬اﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ واﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻀﺮب ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﻒ أو ﻻ ﲢﺎول‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﻘﻮة وﻫﻮ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﻫﺬا ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ‬
‫إﺣﺪاث ﺿﺮر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻦ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر أو اﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺻﻬﻴﺮة أو إﻳﻘﺎف ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ أي ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ أو ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﲢﺎول ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث‬
‫ﺿﺮر ‪ ،‬ﻋﻄﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻚ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ‪ ،‬أو ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ أو‬
‫اﻧﻜﺴﺎر ﻗﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻚ أو ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﻀﺮر‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻟﻬﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﻋﻄﻞ أو ﺧﻠﻞ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻳﺨﻔﺾ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﻣﺮور ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ أﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﺰود ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ذي أداة‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز وﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺻﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﰎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ وﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﻓﻘﺎ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﶈﻠﻴﺔ واﻷﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﻮﻻ أو إﻻ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻹداة اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ إﺣﺪاث ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ أو ﻓﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أﻧﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪل اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﳌﺰود ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز ‪ -‬إذا ﻛﺎن ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺐ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ر ّ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫دوار ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ اﳋﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ اﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻔّﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮاد اﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﺎك ﺑﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ واﻟﻨﺎﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ اﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻲ أو زﻳﺖ اﻟﻄﺒﺦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي اﻟﻰ إﺣﺪاث ﺧﻄﺮ اﳊﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫دوار‪.‬‬
‫وﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ّ‬
‫دوار ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاد اﳌﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻓﻮرا ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﳌﺼﺎدر اﳊﺮارة ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ اﻷﻛﺴﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪ .‬واﻷﻛﺴﺪة ﲢﺪث اﳊﺮارة ‪ .‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﺨﺮج‬
‫واﳌﻮاد ﺗﺼﺒﺢ داﻓﺌﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻫﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﳊﺮارة ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﳌﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺣﺪث ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ أو ﺣﻔﻆ اﳌﻮاد اﳌﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﲤﻨﻊ اﳊﺮارة ﻣﻦ اﳋﺮوج ﻓﻴﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺮ اﳊﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﺿﻄﺮت اﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﳌﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ أو زﻳﺖ اﻟﻄﺒﺦ أو ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫دوار ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ اﳋﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ّ‬
‫اﻟﺪوار ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﳋﻔﺾ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة‬
‫وﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﻞ اﳋﻄﺮ‪ .‬ودورة « اﻟﺒﺎرد اﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ « ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻔﻒ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﺪوار أو ﺗﺘﺮاﻛﻤﻬﺎ أو ﲢﻔﻈﻬﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﺮارﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاد‪ .‬وﻻ ﺗﺨﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﺠﻤﻟﻔﻒ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮاد اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺮول‪/‬اﳉﺎزوﻟﲔ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳉﺎف أو اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻻﺧﺮى‬
‫دوار‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل أو اﳌﺘﻔﺠﺮات وﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻴﻠﻬﺎ وﻧﻘﻌﻬﺎ أو وﺳﺨﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ّ‬
‫ﲤﺖ إزاﻟﺔ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ اﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻷﺳﻴﺘﻮن ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺤﻮل اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﺘﺮول‪/‬اﳉﺎزوﻟﲔ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﻔﻂ اﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﻳﻼت اﻟﺒﻘﻊ )ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت( ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺮﺑﻨﺘﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاد اﶈﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻄﺎط اﻟﺮﻏﻮي )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮف ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎط اﻟﺮﻏﻮي( أو اﳌﻄﺎط اﳌﺜﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫دوار ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺮارة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮاد ﻣﻦ اﳌﻄﺎط اﻟﺮﻏﻮي ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺨﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪث اﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﺮاق اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫دوار ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش أو اﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﳌﺜﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ّ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء أن ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش أو اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫دوار‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻌﺎدن اﳌﻘﻮاة ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻔﻒ ّ‬
‫اﻟﺪوار ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن اﳌﻌﺎدن اﳌﻘﻮاة ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﺨﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫اﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ إﺣﺪاث اﻟﻀﺮرﻓﻲ اﺠﻤﻟﻔّﻒ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮ ﳌﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﳌﻮاد‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم رف ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﻮ ّ‬
‫دوار‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاد اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺪش أو ﻣﻨﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻄﻔﻞ اﳌﻀﺎد ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻔّﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮاد اﳌﻐﻄﺎة ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎط واﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻊ اﳊﺸﻴﺔ اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﻏﻮﻳﺔ واﻟﻮﺳﺎدة واﻟﻜﺎﻟﻮش وأﺣﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻴﺲ اﳌﻐﻄﺎة‬
‫دوار‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎط ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻔّﻒ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻊ اﳋﻄﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫● إذا ﺣﺪث ﺿﺮر ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ أو وﻛﻴﻞ اﳋﺪﻣﺎت ﻟﻪ أو‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﲡﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺪوﻻب‬
‫)ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫وﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش(‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﻏﻼف أﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻏﻼف أﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫رﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ﻣﻀﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫■ اﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫‪:‬ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﻞ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫■ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 240-220 :‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ~ ‪ 50,‬ﻫﻴﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫■ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬
‫‪ 600 :‬ﻣﻠﻢ )ﻋﺮض( × ‪ 550‬ﻣﻠﻢ )ﻋﻤﻖ( × ‪ 850‬ﻣﻠﻢ)ارﺗﻔﺎع(‬
‫■ اﻟﻮزن‬
‫‪ 61 :‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫■ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫■ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫■ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪[WD-15331(6)ADK, WD-14331(6)ADK] 1400/1200/1000/800/600/400/‬‬
‫■ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪1200/1000/800/600/400/‬‬
‫■ اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ 147 :‬ﻟﺘﺮ‬
‫■ ﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء اﳌﺴﻤﻮح‬
‫‪ 10 - 0,3 :‬ﻛﺠﻢ‪.‬ﻗﻮة‪/‬ﺳﻢ ‪(kPa 1000 -30 ) ٢‬‬
‫]‪[WD-12331(6)ADK‬‬
‫٭ اﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ واﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪون إﺷﻌﺎر ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺟﻮدة اﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎت‪.‬‬
‫■ اﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺼﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم دﺧﻮل اﳌﺎء )‪(1EA‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫رﻛّﺐ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو اﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮض ﻟﺪرﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ أو ﻣﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﻘﺲ‪.‬اﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷرﺿﻲ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ واﻷﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺳﺪ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت ﲢﺖ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﺎدة ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أرض ﻣﻐﻄﺎة ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﺎدة‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻠﺪان اﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﺎك ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮض ﻟﻜﺜﺮة اﻟﺼﻮﺻﻮر أو اﳊﺸﺮات اﻷﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﺧﺬ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫أﺟﻞ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ اﳉﻬﺎز وﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷوﻗﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز أي ﺿﺮر ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺛﻪ اﻟﺼﻮﺻﻮر أو اﳊﺸﺮات اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﰎ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﳌﻨﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪوث اﻟﻀﺮر داﺧﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﺰع ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺸﺤﻦ وﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺾ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰع ﻛﻞ دﻋﺎﻣﺎت ﺻﻨﺪوق‬
‫اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ وﺳﻂ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ(‬
‫)اﳊﺸﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ اﳌﻮدﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺻﻨﺪوق‬
‫اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫■ إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﳌﻨﻊ ﺣﻮدث ﺿﺮر داﺧﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﰎ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑـ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ‪ ،‬ازل اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﺪادات‬
‫اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﻮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺳﺤﺐ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﺪادات‬
‫اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻮق ﺑﻠﻮﻳﺎﻟﺴﺪادة ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ .‬اﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ وﻣﻠﻮي اﻟﺼﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﺰﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬا ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ إﺣﺪاث اﻫﺘﺰاز‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬وﺿﺠﻴﺞ وﻋﻄﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ اﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﺮة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ارخ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺰود‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﳌﺰودة‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫■ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻷرض اﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻻﻧﺤﺪار اﳌﺴﻤﻮح ﲢﺖ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻪ ‪ 1‬درﺟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮده ﻓﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ 1.5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫إﻻ ﺟﻬﺎزا واﺣﺪا اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﳉﺪار ‪ ،‬واﻟﺒﺎب‪ ،‬واﻷرض اﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﶈﺪدة ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻒ ‪ 2 /‬ﺳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﻧﺒﲔ ﳝﲔ وﻳﺴﺎر(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ أو ﲢﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أو اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﳌﻜﺎن‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن دوران اﻟﻬﻮاء ﺣﻮل اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻴﻘﻪ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد‪،‬ﺑﺴﺎط أو ﻏﻴﺮه‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﲢﺎول أﺑﺪا ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ أي ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻼط ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﺸﺒﻴﺔ‪،‬أﻟﻮاح ﺧﺸﺒﻴﺔ أو ﻣﻮاد ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا اﺳﺘﺤﺎل ﲡﻨﺐ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﻏﺎز)ﻓﺮن(أو ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺤﻢ‪،‬ﻳﺠﺐ وﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺎزل)‪ ٩٨٢×٧٦٧×٦٨٦‬ﺳﻢ( ﻣﻐﻄﻰ ﺑﻮرق أﳌﻮﻧﻴﻮم)ﻓﻮﻳﻞ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﳌﻮاﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻔﺮن أو اﳌﻮﻗﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﲔ اﳉﻬﺎزﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮف ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ دون اﻟﺼﻔﺮ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺮﺟﺎء اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ وﺻﻮل ﻓﻨﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻻﻗﺪام اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻣﺴﻤﺎر اﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﻞ اﳌﺰود ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺮار‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و وﺟﻮد ﺧﻠﻮص ﲟﻘﺪار ‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻠﻢ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻤﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ واﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺮﻛﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫■ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﻠﻜﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺎ أو ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬إذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻀﺮرا ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ أو وﻛﻴﻞ اﳋﺪﻣﺎت ﻟﻪ أو ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﺰع ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﳉﻬﺎز داﺋﻤﺎ واﻏﻠﻖ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺻﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻮﺻﻮل أرﺿﻴﺎ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻜﺎم ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫❖ إﺻﻼح ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ اﳌﺆﻫﻞ ‪ .‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻹﺻﻼح ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫اﺨﻤﻟﺘﺺ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﳉﺮح أو اﻟﻌﻄﻞ اﳋﻄﻴﺮ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ اﳋﺪﻣﺎت اﶈﻠﻲ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺐ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺮف اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ‪ .‬اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫❖ ﻻ ﺗﺮ ّ‬
‫اﳌﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﻄﻞ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ﲢﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫❖ إذا ﰎ ﻧﻘﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ اﻷﺷﻬﺮ اﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻴﺔ وﻛﺎﻧﺖ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ‪ :‬اﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﳌﺪة ﺑﻌﺾ ﺳﺎﻋﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫‪.t‬ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﺑﻮﺿﻊ داﺋﺮة ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ذات ﻣﻨﻔﺬ أﺣﺎدي واﻟﺬي‬
‫ﻳﺰود اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻘﻂ وﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻪ أﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ أو دواﺋﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ اﳌﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﳊﺎﺋﻂ ذات اﻷﺣﻤﺎل اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو اﳌﺮﺗﺨﻴﺔ أو أﺳﻼك اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﻟﻴﺔ أو‬
‫ﻋﺰل اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو اﳌﺸﻘﻮق ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫وﳝﻜﻦ ﻷي ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻈﺮوف أن ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺻﻌﻖ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ أو اﺷﺘﻌﺎل اﻟﻨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ ﺳﻠﻚ اﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬وإذا ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ أي ﺗﻠﻒ أو إﻫﻼك‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺰﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪ ،‬وأوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬واﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻠﻚ أﺧﺮ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﻤﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﺎدي أو اﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺄن ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻮاﺋﻪ أو ﺧﺮﻗﻪ أو إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب ﻋﻠﻴﻪ أو‬
‫اﳌﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎه ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﻮاﺑﺲ وﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﳉﺪران واﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺨﺮج اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ اﻟﻰ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺧﺮاﻃﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة وﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺧﺮاﻃﻴﻢ ﻗﺪﳝﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‬
‫❖ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ‪ kPa 30‬و ‪kPa 1000‬‬
‫) ‪10-0.3‬ﻛﺠﻢ‪.‬ﻗﻮة‪/‬ﺳﻢ‪(2‬‬
‫❖ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺸﺮ أو ﺗﺼﻠّﺐ اﳋﻴﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫ﺗﻮزﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﻟﻰ ﺻﻤﺎم اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬
‫❖ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ، kPa 1000‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ إداة ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫●اﳋﺘﻤﺎن اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺎن ﻣﺰودان ﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‬
‫وﻫﺬان ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪل اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫● اﻓﺤﺺ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮات و ّ‬
‫ﺑﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم وﻋﺪم ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪:‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‬
‫ﻛﺮر ﻧﻔﺲ اﳋﻄﻮات‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪ّ ،‬‬
‫اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻹﻣﺪاد اﳌﺎء‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫أو ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﺟﺪا‪ ،‬اﻧﺰع ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻹﺑﻌﺎد ﻗﺒﻞ إدﺧﺎل اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻰ‬
‫اﶈﻮل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫■ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ ﺑﺪون ﺧﻴﻂ وﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ ﻣﺎء ﻣﻨﻨﻮع ﺑﺮﻏﻰ‬
‫‪ .1‬ارخ اﻟﺒﺮﻏﻰ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺸﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .2‬ادﻓﻊ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﻞ اﳊﺸﻴﺔ اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺛﺒﺖ ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺮاﻏﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ .3‬ادﻓﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء اﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻮدﻳﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫اﳊﺸﻴﺔ اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة داﺧﻞ‬
‫اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﺑﺎﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﺛﻢ ﺛﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﻏﻰ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺸﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻰ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‬
‫■ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ ﺑﺪون ﺧﻴﻂ وﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ ﻣﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﳌﺴﺔ واﺣﺪة‬
‫‪ .1‬ارخ ﺑﺮﻏﻰ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺸﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻰ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ وﺳﻄﻰ‬
‫‪ .2‬ادﻓﻊ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻰ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﻞ اﳊﺸﻴﺔ اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺛﺒﺖ ‪ ٤‬ﺑﺮاﻏﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺸﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺻﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ‬
‫اﳌﺎء اﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻓﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ اﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ وﺳﻄﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن ﻗﻄﺮ اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ أﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫دور اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫● ّ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﳋﺘﻢ اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد داﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫● ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ﻋﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ اﻏﻠﻖ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺎء‪ .‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺤﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻰ اﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻓﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ اﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ أﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫● ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﳋﺮﻃﻮم وأن اﳋﺮﻃﻮم ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮط‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﱳ اﻟﺒﺤﺮ أو ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎت‬
‫اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ واﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮة ‪ ...‬اﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫اوﻗﻒ اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳉﻬﺎز ﳌﺪة ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ اﻹﺟﺎزة( ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎك اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ) اﻷﺧﺪود( ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب‪.‬‬
‫دﻣﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ واﻛﺴﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﺎب ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺮد اﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬اﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ و ّ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ داﺧﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎدة اﳊﺸﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ اﻷﻓﻼم واﻟﺴﺘﻴﺮوﻓﻮم( ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﻄﻴﺮة ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎك ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎق ! اﺗﺮك ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻔﺎت ﺟﻴﺪا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 60‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ 105‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫● ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎرﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻷرض‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺤﻤﻲ‬
‫اﻷرض ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮر ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺪا‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻋﺪم ﻣﻞء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬا ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ‬
‫إﺣﺪاث ﺿﺠﻴﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ 145‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻮض‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ 60‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 105‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﺰﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺰام رﺑﻂ‬
‫‪ 60‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺤﻤﻲ‬
‫اﻷرض ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮر ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫‪ 60‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ 145‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫■ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﻮاء‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺳﺘﻮاء ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﳝﻨﻊ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ واﻻﻫﺘﺰاز‬
‫ﻛﺐ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أرض ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ وﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ر ّ‬
‫واﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﻲ زاوﻳﺔ اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻷرض ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺮﺟﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪ ) .‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳋﺸﺐ ‪ ..‬اﻟﺦ ﲢﺖ اﻟﺮﺟﻞ( ﺗﺄﻛﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺛﺒﺎت ﺟﻤﻴﻊ أرﺑﻌﺔ أرﺟﻞ ووﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض ﺛﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﺴﺘﻮي ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪) .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻴﺰان اﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫رﺑﻂ‬
‫رﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫أﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫رﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫رﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫٭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻘﺪم‪،‬أﺣﻜﻢ رﺑﻂ ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺪوﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺲ اﲡﺎه دوران اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫٭ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ اﻟﻘﻄﺮي‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم‬
‫ﲢﺮك ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ أﺑﺪا‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻛﻼ اﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ(‬
‫إذا ﲢﺮك ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﺒﻂ اﻷرﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺑﻼط ﻣﺴﻠﺢ )ﻗﺮﻣﻴﺪ‪(...‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺎ‪،‬ﺟﺎﻓﺎ وﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• رﻛﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻼط ﺻﻠﺪ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ‪.‬‬
‫■ اﻷرض ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮاﻣﻴﺪ )اﻷرض اﻟﺰاﻟﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﺪل اﺳﺘﻮاء اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ )اﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻗﺪم ﺑـ ‪70‬‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ و ّ‬
‫واﻟﺼﻖ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮﻣﺪة اﳉﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‪(.‬‬
‫٭ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﻘﺪم ﺻﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺎدة اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ اﻟﺬاﺗﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻼﻟﻴﻢ واﳋﻄﻮات اﳌﻀﺎدة ﻟﻠﺰﻟﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫■ أرﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﺸﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 70‬ﻣﻠﻢ(‬
‫ﻛﻮب ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫• اﻷرﺿﻴﺔ اﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز‪.‬‬
‫• ﳌﻨﻊ اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز ﻧﻮﺻﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ أﻛﻮاب ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ أﺳﻔﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺪم‪،‬ﺑﺴﻤﻚ‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻼط ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﻛﺎن ﳑﻜﻨﺎ‪،‬رﻛﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ إﺣﺪى زواﻳﺎ اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﻼط أﻛﺜﺮ ﺛﺒﺎﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫٭أدﺧﻞ اﻷﻛﻮاب اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﳋﻔﺾ اﻹﻫﺘﺰاز‪.‬‬
‫٭ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﳊﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻛﻮاب اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪) .‬ﺑﻲ‪/‬رﻗﻢ ‪ (4620ER4002B‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﻴﺎر ال ﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎم!‬
‫• ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﺴﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ أﻃﻮل وﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ وﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ أﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ وأن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺘﺪل ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم « أرﺟﺤﺔ « ﻛﻞ اﻟﺰواﻳﺎ ﲢﺖ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻤﻊ اﻟﺒﻼط وأي ﻃﻼء ﻟﺰج‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮك ﻗﺪم اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻠﻞ‪ .‬إذا أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻗﺪم اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﻠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث زﻟﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫■ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷول‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮ دورة )ﻗﻄﻦ ‪ ْ 60‬م و اﺿﻒ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ( ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺪون وﺿﻊ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﻫﺬا ﻳﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺮواﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ أﺛﻨﺎء إﻧﺘﺎج اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫■ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .1‬رﻗﻌﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ رﻗﻌﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪ .‬ﻫﺬه اﻟﺮﻗﻌﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﳌﻼﺑﺴﻚ وﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻟﻔﺮز‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬اﻓﺮز اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻰ ﻧﻮع ﳝﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺪوران ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء وﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ واﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﺨﻤﻟﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮق ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺮز داﺋﻤﺎ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﻐﺎﻣﻖ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﳋﻔﻴﻒ واﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء‪ .‬اﻏﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫اﳌﺼﺒﻮﻏﺔ واﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﻧﻴﺔ وﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث ﲢﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﻠﻮن ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ‪ ...‬اﻟﺦ‪ .‬إذا أﻣﻜﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪة اﻟﻮﺳﺦ‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮز اﳌﻼﺑﺲ وﻓﻘﺎ ﳌﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﻮﺳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫وﺳﺦ )ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎدي ‪ ،‬ﺧﻔﻴﻒ(‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء ﻋﻦ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮن )أﺑﻴﺾ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻣﻖ(‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎن )ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻛﺘﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻛﺘﺎن( اﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻛﺘﺎﻧﻴﺔ وﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻳﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺎب‬
‫اﻧﻔﺼﺎﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﳊﻤﻞ‬
‫■ ﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة واﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة ﻣﻌﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة أوﻻ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة أﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﻞ اﳊﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬا ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺘﻮازن ﻓﻲ اﳊﻤﻞ‪ .‬اﺿﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ أو ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫● اﻓﺤﺺ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳉﻴﻮب ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺜﻞ اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬وﻣﺸﺒﻚ اﻟﺸﻌﺮ ‪ ،‬وﻋﻮد اﻟﺜﻘﺎب ‪،‬‬
‫اﻷﻗﻼم‪ ،‬واﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ واﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي اﻟﻰ إﺣﺪاث‬
‫ﺿﺮر ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ واﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫● اﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺴﺤﺎب‪ ،‬اﳋﻄﺎف‪ ،‬واﳊﺒﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﳌﻮاد ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫● اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻮﺳﺦ واﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﺮﺷﺎة ﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺳﺦ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻴﺎﻗﺔ واﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫● اﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻄﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﺤﺸﻴﺔ اﳌﺮﻧﺔ)رﻣﺎدﻳﺔ( واﻧﺰع أي‬
‫أﺷﻴﺎء ﺻﻐﻴﺮة إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة‪.‬‬
‫● اﻓﺤﺺ داﺧﻞ اﳊﻮض واﻧﺰع أي أﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة داﺧﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● اﺧﺮج أي ﻣﻼﺑﺲ أو أﺷﻴﺎء ﻓﻲ اﳊﺸﻴﺔ اﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ واﳊﺸﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺿﺮار‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫■ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ وﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‬
‫‪ .1‬دوﻻب اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ‬
‫● اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫● اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ ‪ +‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪MAX‬‬
‫‪max‬‬
‫ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ .2‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‬
‫● ﻻ ﲤﻸ ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﳋﻂ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻞء‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻓﺮاط ﻓﻲ اﳌﻞء ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﻠﲔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻤﺎش اﻟﺬي ﻳﻮﺳﺦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮك ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش ﻓﻲ دوﻻب ﻣﺎدة‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﳌﺪة أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺼﻠّﺐ(‬
‫● ﺗﺘﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش أﺛﻨﺎء آﺧﺮ دوران‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻄﻒ أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﺪوﻻب أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮزﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫● اﶈﻠﻮﻻت )ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ ...‬اﻟﺦ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺼﺐ ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺟﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫● ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ وﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ‪.‬‬
‫● إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪث‬
‫اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮة ﺟﺪا وﻫﺬا ﻳﺨﻔﺾ ﻛﻔﺎءة‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أو ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ اﳊﻤﻞ اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺗﻮر‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﻄﻞ(‬
‫٭ اﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎت‬
‫اﳊﻤﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ‪ :‬وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ اﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ‪.‬‬
‫اﳊﻤﻞ اﳉﺰﺋﻲ ‪ 4/3 :‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‬
‫اﳊﻤﻞ اﻷدﻧﻰ ‪ 2/1 :‬ﻣﻦ اﳊﻤﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫● ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻮزع ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﺪوران‪.‬‬
‫● اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﻞ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء ‪ ،‬وﻧﻮع اﳌﺎء ‪ ،‬وﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬وﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻮﺳﺦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬
‫أﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﲡﻨﺐ اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻗﺮاص‪.‬‬
‫‪ (١‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب وﺿﻊ اﻷﻗﺮاص ﻓﻲ اﳊﻮض‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻣﻨﻘﻲ اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪MAX‬‬
‫‪max‬‬
‫‪ (٢‬ﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ اﳊﻮض‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻨﻘﻲ اﳌﺎء ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﳉﻮن ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‬
‫ﳋﻔﺾ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﳌﺎء اﻟﻌﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وزﻋﻪ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻠﺒﺔ‪ .‬واﺿﻒ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أوﻻ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻨﻘﻲ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫● اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪ (٣‬اﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫■ اﻟﺪوران اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ إذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫ﳑﻜﻨﺎ أم ﻻ‪) .‬ﻗﻄﻦ‬
‫أﺑﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬أﻏﻄﻴﺔ(‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫‪ ْ 95‬م‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ أﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪر‬
‫اﻟﻘﻄﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ اﻟﻠﻮن‬
‫)ﻗﻤﺼﺎن‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻴﺎب اﻟﻨﻮم ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻣﺎ‪ (...‬وﻗﻄﻦ‬
‫أﺑﻴﺾ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ وﺳﺦ‬
‫)ﻣﻼﺑﺲ داﳋﻴﺔ(‬
‫اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬اﻛﻠﻴﻠﻴﻚ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﻴﺴﺘﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ رﻗﻴﻘﺔ وﺳﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻀﺮر‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮف‬
‫‪/‬اﳊﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻴﺪوي‬
‫اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ‪٣٠‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮف اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻮف‬
‫اﳋﺎﻟﺺ اﳉﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫واﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ « اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻴﺪوي «‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫اﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺦ‬
‫‪ ْ 60‬م‬
‫)‪ ْ 30‬م‪ْ 40،‬م‪،‬‬
‫‪ ْ 60‬م‪-‬‬
‫اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي(‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻄﻒ ‪+‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ‬
‫اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪر‬
‫‪ْ 40‬م‬
‫)‪ ْ 60‬م‪ْ 30،‬م(‬
‫أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 4,0‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ ْ 30‬م‬
‫)‪ ْ 40‬م‪ ،‬ﺑﺎرد(‬
‫أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 3,0‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ ْ 30‬م‬
‫أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫)‪ ْ 40‬م‪ ،‬ﺑﺎرد(‬
‫‪ 2,0‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎرد)‪ْ 30‬م (‬
‫‪ ْ 30‬م‬
‫ﺷﻄﻒ ‪+‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ‬
‫أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 2,0‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 4,0‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫٭ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺦ‪ ،‬دوران «اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ« ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‪ .‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ واﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء واﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫٭ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ ‪ :‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺦ اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ اﻷﻓﻀﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام «اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ» اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪.‬‬
‫٭ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء ‪ :‬اﺧﺘﺮ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء ﻟﺪورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬اﺗﺒﻊ داﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﺻﺎﻧﻊ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ)اﻟﻘﻄﻦ(‬
‫● اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ Power‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫● اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫● اﳊﺎﻟﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ‪ :‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬‫ اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ‪ 3 :‬ﻣﺮات‬‫ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪:‬‬‫‪ 1400‬دورة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫]‪[WD-15331(6)ADK, WD-14331(6)ADK‬‬
‫‪ 1200‬دورة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫]‪[WD-12331(6)ADK‬‬
‫ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء ‪ ْ 60 :‬م‬‫‪ -‬اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ :‬اﻟﻘﻄﻦ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻴﺪوي‬
‫● اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ Power‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫● اﺧﺘﺮ اﻷﺣﻮال اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ واﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ زر‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻦ ‪ 17‬وﺣﺘﻰ ‪.24‬‬
‫● اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫)‪ (2‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫)‪ (3‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ‬
‫)‪ (4‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‬
‫)‪ (5‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬ﺷﻄﻒ ‪+‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
‫)‪ (7‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫)‪ (8‬إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫)‪ (9‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪ (10‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫)‪ (11‬اﻟﺰر ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺷﻄﻒ ‪+‬‬
‫● ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪.‬‬
‫ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬‫ ﺷﻄﻒ ‪+‬‬‫ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ‬‫ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬‫‪ -‬اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ‬
‫● إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺦ اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻷﻓﻀﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام «اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ» اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪.‬‬
‫● ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﺜﻴﻒ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﺨﻤﻟﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‬
‫● إذا أردت أن ﺗﺘﺮك اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪون ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‬
‫ﳌﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫● اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﻄ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ إزاﻟﺔ رواﺳﺐ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺷﻄﻒ ‪ ، +‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺸﻄﻒ وﻣﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
‫● إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪة اﻟﻮﺳﺦ‪ ،‬دوران « اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
‫« ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫● اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ واﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﺿﻴﺊ اﳌﺆﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻦ واﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ أن ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪ 3,5‬ﻛﻐﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﺮﺟﻰ إﺧﺮاج اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺴﻴﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎرد ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ أو‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬
‫اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺠﺮي‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪[WD-14331(6)ADK,‬‬
‫]‪WD-15331(6)ADK‬‬
‫● ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[WD-12331(6)ADK‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫]‪[WD-15331(6)ADK, WD-14331(6)ADK‬‬
‫ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ ,‬اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ‪ +‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪ ,‬اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ‪٣٠‬‬‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪1400-1200-1000-800-600-400-‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ‬‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪800-600-400-‬‬
‫● اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬اﺿﻎء ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬اﺧﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ ‪ ,‬اﻟﺼﻮف‪/‬اﳊﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ,‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬‫اﻟﻴﺪوي‬
‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪1000-800-600-400-‬‬
‫]‪[WD-12331(6)ADK‬‬
‫ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ ,‬اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ‪ +‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪ ,‬اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ‪٣٠‬‬‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪1200-1000-800-600-400-‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ‬‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪800-600-400-‬‬
‫اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ ‪ ,‬اﻟﺼﻮف‪/‬اﳊﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ,‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬‫اﻟﻴﺪوي‬
‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‪1000-800-600-400-‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫● إذا ﰎ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر « ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ« ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﺿﻴﺊ اﳌﺆﺷﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء‬
‫إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫إذا أردت إﻏﻼق ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷزرار ﳌﻨﻊ ﻃﻔﻞ أو ﻣﻌﻮﻗﲔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫●ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر درﺟﺔ‬
‫‪ Pre Wash‬وزر ‪ Rinse+‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫)ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺛﻼث ﺛﻮان(‬
‫● ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻗﺮص اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ ﺑﺎرد‬‫ ‪ ْ 30‬م ‪ ْ 40 /‬م ‪ ْ 60/‬م ‪ْ 95 /‬م‬‫● ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء وﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء اﺨﻤﻟﺘﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.14‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷزرار‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻧﻈﺎم إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬اﺑﻖ ﺿﺎﻏﻄﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫زر ‪ Pre Wash‬وزر ‪ Rinse+‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺮة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪) .‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺛﻼث ﺛﻮان(‬
‫● إذا أردت ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺑﻖ ﺿﺎﻏﻄﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ Pre Wash‬وزر‬
‫‪ Rinse+‬ﻣﻌﺎ‪) .‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺛﻼث ﺛﻮان(‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﻄﻠﻮب واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫● ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ أي‬
‫وﻗﺖ وﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث اﳋﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴـﻒ‬
‫‪ .1‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬا اﳌﻮدﻳﻞ ‪ 3,5‬ﻛﻐﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ إﺧﺮاج اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺪورة‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪-‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﺣﺘﻰ دورة‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫● ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﺘﺴﺎوي اﻷﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺎدة‬
‫واﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺣﺮة‪.‬‬
‫● إذا ﻓﺘﺤﺖ اﻟﺒﺎب واﺧﺮﺟﺖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ إﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻟﺪورﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﺲ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫●ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫➱‬
‫درﺣﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫➱‬
‫➱‬
‫ﻋﺎدي‬
‫أﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫وﻗﺖ‬
‫أﻗﻞ‬
‫»‪.‬‬
‫● ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮض «‬
‫وﳝﻜﻨﻚ إﻧﻬﺎء اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر «‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ«‪ .‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫زر « اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ«‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫« دورة اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫»‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫● اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺪورة اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺸﻌﺮ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ﻟﺮﻓﻊ أو‬
‫ﺧﻔﺾ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ وﻗﺖ رد ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫أﺳﺮع وﲢﻜﻢ أدق ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة‪.‬‬
‫● دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫أ( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ ‪ -‬درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫ب( إذا أردت ﻛﻬﻮ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ‪ -‬أﻗﻞ‬
‫ج( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎدي‬
‫د( ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻨﺎدﻳﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﳌﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ وﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ اﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻘﻤﺎش وﺣﺠﻢ اﳊﻤﻞ واﳉﻔﺎف ﺑﻌﺪ وﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ . 2‬دﻟﻴﻞ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫● ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫●ﳝﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﳌﺪة ﺣﺘﻰ ‪١٥٠‬‬
‫دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫ﺑﺪورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● أوﻗﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻫﺬه ﺗﺘﺒﲔ ﻓﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ ﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻴﺪوي‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ أوﻗﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺪرﺟﺔ اﻟﺮﻃﺐ ‪،‬‬
‫ودرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ وﻧﻮع اﻟﻘﻤﺎش وﺧﺒﺮاﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬا ﺗﻜﻮن أﻓﻀﻞ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﻬﺰ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬اﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ‬‫ﺟﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض اﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬و ّ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ واﶈﺒﻮﻛﺔ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ واﶈﺒﻮﻛﺔ‪،‬‬‫وﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪدﻫﺎ داﺋﻤﺎ ﻓﻮرا ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ ّ‬‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺪاﺋﻢ واﻹﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻫﺬه اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮة ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬‫ اﺧﺮج اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺪاﺋﻢ ﻓﻮرا ﻋﻨﺪ‬‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻠﻴﻔﻴﺔ أو اﳉﻠﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ داﺋﻤﺎ‪.‬‬‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل واﳌﻨﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ داﺋﻤﺎ‪.‬‬‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻻ ﲡﻔﻒ أي ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺼﻨﻮع أو ﻣﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ‬‫ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﳌﻄﺎط أو اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫أ( اﳌﺌﺰر ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺪرﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ب( اﻟﺴﺘﺎﺋﺮ وأﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺎوﻟﺔ‬
‫ج(ﺣﺼﻴﺮ اﳊﻤﺎم‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻠﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻻ ﲡﻔﻒ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻠﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز‬‫اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫اﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎت اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ اﳌﺮة اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ وﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺸﻂ ﺑﺸﺮﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬إﻛﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮض‬
‫“)اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Multi display‬‬
‫”‬
‫)اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻌﺪد(‪.‬‬
‫● ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) COOL DOWN‬اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ(‬
‫أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮج اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻮرا ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف اﳉﻬﺎز‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪث اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻘﻮم وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) COOL DOWN‬اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ(‬
‫أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﺑﻬﺰ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ وإﻋﺎدة‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ وزﻏﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ ﺑﺪون‬
‫ﺗﺴﺨﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﳌﺪة ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫“ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫● ﺗﺒﻘﻰ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﳌﻼﺑﺲ أو اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪادﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ «‬
‫ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ«‬
‫ اﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬‫ ﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ واﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬‫ ﺿﻊ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ وﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪوﻻب‪.‬‬‫● ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ « ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ«‬
‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪.Power‬‬‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ Program‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬‫اﳌﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ Time Delay‬واﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬‫اﳌﺮﻏﻮب ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ‪.‬‬‫) ﺗﻮﻣﺾ « ‪( « :‬‬
‫● إذا ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ ، Time Delay‬ﺗﻌﺮض‬
‫« ‪ « 00:3‬ﻋﻠﻰ زﺟﺎج اﻟﻌﺮض‪ .‬وأﻗﺼﻰ وﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ‪ ١٩‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ وأدﻧﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫● ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ﻳﺰﻳﺪ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻮاﻗﻊ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪.Power‬‬
‫● وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ « وﻗﺖ ﻣﻘﺪر « ﻣﻦ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫دوران اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أو اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺨﻤﻟﺘﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫● وﻓﻘﺎ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮزﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ودرﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ووﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫● ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ 8‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺳﻴﻀﺎء اﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة اﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﺨﻤﻟﺘﺎر ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ‬
‫أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ « اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ -‬اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ‪ - ٣٠‬اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ‪ +‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬‫ اﳌﻀﺨﺔ ‪ -‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﻴﺪوي‬‫‪ -‬اﻟﺼﻮف‪/‬اﳊﺮﻳﺮ ‪ -‬اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻮع اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.15‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫● زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻫﺬا‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ دوران اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ أو اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪوران‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫● إذا أردت ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﻋﻦ دوران اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﺑﺪون ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫أي زر‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪٤‬‬
‫دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﳌﺪة دﻗﻴﻘﺔ أو دﻗﻴﻘﺘﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﻮﻗ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪ ,‬أو ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ دوران اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫● اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫● ﻹﻟﻐﺎء وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﺪوران اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬واﳊﺎﻻت‬
‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● إذا أردت اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻓﻲ دوران اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪون اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫● ﻳﻀﺎء ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﺎب ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﳌﺪة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻒ‬
‫‪WD-15331(6)ADK, WD-14331(6)ADK‬‬
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ /‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ /‬اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‬‫اﻟﻌﺎدي ‪ 1400 /‬دورة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ْ 60 /‬م‬
‫‪WD-12331(6)ADK‬‬
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ /‬اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ /‬اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‬‫اﻟﻌﺎدي ‪ 1200 /‬دورة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ْ 60 /‬م‬
‫● أﺛﻨﺎء ﻇﻬﻮر " ﻛﺸﻒ " ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫ﺑﺒﻂء وﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻮض اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﻫﺬا ﺑﻌﺾ ﺛﻮان‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺘﻮّﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ ،‬اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء دوران اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮض‬
‫” ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻌﺪد ‪.‬‬
‫”‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺮض اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫●ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر إﻏﻼق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫« ﻋﻠﻰ زﺟﺎج اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫«‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء دورة اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮض‬
‫« )اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Multi display‬‬
‫«‬
‫)اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻌﺪد(‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬا ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﺨﻤﻟﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺ اﻟﺬاﺗﻲ‬
‫● إذا ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮض ﻧﻮع‬
‫اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻹﺷﻌﺎر ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻀﺎن اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ :‬اﻟﺒﺎب ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‬
‫‪ :‬اﳊﻤﻞ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻮﺗﻮر‬
‫‪ :‬اﳊﻤﻞ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻮﺗﻮر‬
‫‪ :‬اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ :‬اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺘﻮازن‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪث اﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺨﺎن ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ أو‬
‫اﻟﺜﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎت‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﺣﺮوف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻫﺬه ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ دﻟﻴﻞ ﲢﺮى اﳋﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 29‬واﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫● أﺛﻨﺎء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫● اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ‪.‬‬
‫✤)‬
‫( ‪WD-12331(6)ADK :‬‬
‫ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ ْ ٩٥‬م ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ و‪ (١٧)١٩‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ ْ ٦٠‬م ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ و‪ (٤٠)٤٢‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ و‪ ٢٠‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ ٥٢‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﻟﺼﻮف‪/‬اﳊﺮﻳﺮ ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ‪ ٥٠‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻟﻴﺪوي ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ ٤٤‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ‪ : ٣٠‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٠‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ‪ +‬اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ (١٨)٢٠‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﳌﻀﺨﺔ ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ ١‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬‫● ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﳊﺠﻢ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ وﺿﻐﻂ اﳌﺎء ‪ ،‬ودرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء وﻇﺮوف‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫● إذا ﻇﻬﺮ اﺧﺘﻼل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻮازن أو إذا ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮﻏﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﻮل ﻓﺘﺮة اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪) .‬وﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺰﻳﺎدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ‪ ٤٥‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫٭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺻﺪﻣﺎت‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ وﺧﻄﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫دﻣﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ واﻛﺴﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﺎب ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ داﺧﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫و‬
‫ﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺮ‬
‫٭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺮد اﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬اﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ّ‬
‫■ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﳌﺎء‬
‫” ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن اﳌﺎء ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻰ دوﻻب ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ”‬‫ إذا ﻛﺎن اﳌﺎء ﻋﺴﺮا ﺟﺪا أو اﺣﺘﻮى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺜﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺪد ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻜﺮة ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ أن ﺗﻨﻈﻒ اﳌﺼﻔﺎة ﻣﻦ ﺣﲔ اﻟﻰ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻏﻠﻖ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ارخ ﺑﺮﻏﻰ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﳌﺎء‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﻈّﻒ اﳌﺼﻔﺎة ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﺷﺎة اﳋﺸﻨﺔ‬
‫واﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﳌﺎء ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫■ دوﻻب اﳌﻮزع‬
‫٭ ﺑﻌﺪ وﺿﻊ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ وﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪوﻻب‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﺪوﻻب ﻣﻦ ﺣﲔ اﻟﻰ آﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء اﳉﺎري‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ اﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺪوﻻب ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪوﻻب اﻟﻰ اﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫وﺳﺤﺒﻪ اﻟﻰ اﳋﺎرج‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﺴﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ إزاﻟﺔ اﳉﺰء اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻴﺮة ﻣﻠﲔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‪.‬‬
‫‪MAX‬‬
‫‪max‬‬
‫‪MAX‬‬
‫‪max‬‬
‫!ف ﻣﻜﺎن داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺪوﻻب‬
‫٭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ داﺧﻞ اﳌﻜﺎن اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ أﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﻔﺮﺷﺎة اﻷﺳﻨﺎن‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ ،‬اﻋﺪ اﻟﺪوﻻب اﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ واﺟﺮ دوران‬
‫اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺑﺪون ﻣﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫● إذا ﻋﺸﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﳌﻴﺎه اﻟﻌﺴﺮة ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺮاﻫﺎوﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﺲ ﻳﺴﺪ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة وإذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻔﺤﺼﻪ وﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻪ أﺧﻴﺮا‪.‬‬
‫● ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أن ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﺬي ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪأ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث اﻟﺼﺪأ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة ) ﻣﺸﺒﻚ اﻟﻮرق ‪ ،‬ودﺑﺎﺑﺲ اﻷﻣﺎن( اﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ اﳊﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﲔ اﻟﻰ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ و ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺼﺒﻎ أو ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫٭ اﳌﻮاد ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﲢﺘﻮى ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺿﺮر ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫٭ ازل اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺑﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳋﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﺬي ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪأ‪.‬‬
‫٭ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺻﻮف اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ أﺑﺪا‪.‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫■ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫٭ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﲡﻤﻊ اﳋﻴﻮط واﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎم أن اﳌﺼﻔﺎة ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺮف اﳌﺎء ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺛﻢ اﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻹزاﻟﺔ أي ﺷﻲء ﻣﺴﺪود‪.‬‬
‫أوﻻ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺧﺬ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﳌﺎء إذا ﻛﺎن اﳌﺎء ﺣﺎرا‪.‬‬
‫* اﺗﺮك اﳌﺎء ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﺎردا ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻃﺎرئ أو‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺎرﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪001‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ )‪ (1‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﻷﺻﺒﻊ‪ .‬أدر ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ )‪ (2‬ﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ)‪ ، (2‬ﻟﻴﺴﻴﻞ اﳌﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻰ اﳋﺎرج‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم وﻋﺎء‬
‫ﳌﻨﻊ ﺳﻴﻞ اﳌﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض‪ .‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻞ اﳌﺎء‬
‫دور ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﳌﻀﺨﺔ )‪ (3‬اﻟﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ّ ،‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫دور ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﳌﻀﺨﺔ )‪(3‬‬
‫‪ .3‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻞ اﳌﺎء ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫اﻟﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ازل أي ﺷﻲء ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﳌﻀﺨﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(3‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ ،‬دور ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﳌﻀﺨﺔ )‪(3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﲡﺎه ﻋﻘﺮب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ وادﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ)‪ (2‬اﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ‪ .‬اﻏﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﻼف اﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫■ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﺮ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎء اﻟﺪاﻓﺊ وﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﶈﺎﻳﺪة ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺰل‪.‬‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ أي ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺼﺒﻮب ﻓﻮرا‪ .‬واﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻤﺎش اﻟﺮﻃﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺎول ﺿﺮب اﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﳊﺎدة‪.‬‬
‫٭ ﻫﺎم ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﻴﺸﻴﻼت ‪ ،‬واﳌﺸﻌﺸﻴﻌﺔ أو اﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻴﻬﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻔﻒ ﺣﻮل ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﳌﻔﺘﻮح واﳊﺸﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻨﻰ واﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﺬه‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﻛﺘﻢ اﳌﺎء ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫اﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪوران ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﺎء اﳊﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮر اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﻋﻨﺪ اﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ازل ﺛﻔﻞ اﳌﺎء اﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺎدة ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﻗﻌﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻠﻮل ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺸﺘﺎء‬
‫إذا ﺣﻔﻈﺖ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺠﻤﺪ اﳌﺎء ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أو ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻰ درﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة اﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺠﻤﺪ اﳌﺎء‪ ،‬اﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻠﻮل‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﺎء ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺿﺮر ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻏﻠﻖ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫وﺻﺮف اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺎء‬
‫ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺻﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺬي ﰎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ اﻷرﺿﻲ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻒ ‪ ١‬ﺟﺎﻟﻮن )‪ 3,8‬ﻟﺘﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ اﳋﺎص ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎرة ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﺘﺴﻤﻢ‬
‫)‪ (RV‬ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬اﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﺿﺒﻂ دوران اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ واﺗﺮك ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺪور ﳌﺪة دﻗﻴﻘﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺮج ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ ‪ RV‬ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻧﺰع ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ وﲡﻔﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻠﺔ واﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺮف أي ﻣﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻴﺮات وﺟﻔﻒ ﺣﺠﻴﺮات واﻋﺪ اﻟﺪوﻻب اﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ .7‬ازل دوﻻب اﳌﻮزع‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8‬اﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻤﻮدي‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ‪ ،‬اﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺮاﻏﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل دوران ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻒ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﲢﺮى اﳋﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫٭ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬا ﻣﺰود ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻷوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ وﺗﺸﺨﺺ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ دوران وردود ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ أﺑﺪا‪ ،‬اﻓﺤﺺ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﲟﺮﻛﺰ اﳋﺪﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﶈﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫اﳊﻠﻮل‬
‫وﺿﺠﻴﺞ اﻟﺼﻠﺼﻞ‬
‫● اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫أو دﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﳊﻠﺔ‬
‫أو اﳌﻀﺨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫اوﻗﻒ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ واﻓﺤﺺ‬
‫اﳊﻠﺔ وﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮت اﳋﺸﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺻﻮت ﺿﺨﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺠﻴﺞ اﻻﻫﺘﺰاز‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮب اﳌﺎء‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز‪،‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ اﳋﺪﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫● اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ واﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺪر‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮا‪.‬‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﺼﻮت‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺘﻮازن‪ .‬اوﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻫﺬا أﻣﺮ ﻋﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫وزع اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫● ﻫﻞ أزﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ واﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ؟‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﺰل اﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬
‫● ﻫﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷرﺟﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻷرض ﺑﺜﺒﺎت ؟‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازن ﻓﻲ اﳊﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اوﻗﻒ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ واﻋﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﳌﺎء وﺧﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﺗﺨﲔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺎء أو ﺟﻬﺎز ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت اﳋﺮﻃﻮم وﺛﺒﺘﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫● أﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫ازل ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﺴﺪودا ﻓﻲ أﻧﺒﻮب‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ .‬واﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ اﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻏﻮة اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة‬
‫ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮة ﺟﺪا أو ﻣﺎدة‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ اﳌﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو‬
‫● ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ﻓﻲ اﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ؟ وﺣﺪوث اﻟﺮﻏﻮة ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮب ﻣﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ اﳌﻨﺰل‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺑﺒﻂء‬
‫● ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ﻣﻠﺘﻮي‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺼﺮف اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ‬
‫● ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ﺧﺮﻃﻮم دﺧﻮل اﳌﺎء ﻣﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫● ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺘﻠﻮي أو ﻣﺴﺪود‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﻢ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ اﳌﺼﻔﺎة ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم دﺧﻮل اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ واﺳﺘﻘﻢ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺒﻂء‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﲢﺮى اﳋﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﶈﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫● ﻻ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج‬
‫اﻟﺘﻴﺎر أو‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﺦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺻﻬﻴﺮة اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﺔ‪ ،‬وﻳﻄﻔﺮ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺪاذرة ‪ ،‬أو‬
‫ﺣﺪث اﻧﻘﻄﺎع ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﳊﻠﻮل‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج‬
‫اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪل‬
‫اﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة أو ّ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻬﻴﺮة‪ .‬وﻻ ﺗﺰد‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺼﻴﻬﺮة‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻧﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻦ‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫٭ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق‬
‫وﻗﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ دﻗﻴﻘﺔ أو دﻗﻴﻘﺘﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎب ﻹﻋﻄﺎء وﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ إﻏﻼق اﻵﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب‬
‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ‪ ،‬وﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫اﳌﺎء ‪ ،‬ودرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﳌﺎء واﳊﺎﻻت اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﺟﻞ وﻗﺖ دوران‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازﻧﺔ أو إذا‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ إزاﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻏﻮة ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺮي اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ زاﺋﺪا‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺎء ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ وﺿﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ‪ ،‬اﺿﻒ اﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ‪.‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﲢﺮى اﳋﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﶈﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫اﳊﻠﻮل‬
‫● ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء ﻓﻲ اﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺎء أﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ اﳌﻨﺰل‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﻢ اﳋﺮﻃﻮم‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺧﺮﻃﻮم دﺧﻮل اﳌﺎء ﻣﻠﺘﻮي ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ﺧﺮﻃﻮم دﺧﻮل اﳌﺎء ﻣﺴﺪود‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة ﺧﺮﻃﻮم دﺧﻮل اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫● ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻠﺘﻮي أو ﻣﺴﺪود‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ واﺳﺘﻘﻢ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫● ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫● اﳊﻤﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازن‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ أو ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮازن اﳊﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● اﳊﻤﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬
‫● اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﺰود ﺑﻨﻈﺎم ﻛﺸﻒ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺘﻮازن‬
‫وﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫إذا وﺿﻌﺖ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳊﻤﺎم‪ ،‬رداء اﳊﻤﺎم ‪ ...‬اﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻫﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ أو إﻋﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن اﳊﻤﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازن ﺟﺪا ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات‪.‬‬
‫● إذا ﻣﺎ زاﻟﺖ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺪوران‪ ،‬اﺿﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮازن اﳊﻤﻞ وﻛﺮر دوران اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮازن اﳊﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻋﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﳊﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫اﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫● ﻫﻞ اﻟﺒﺎب ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ؟‬
‫٭ إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻼش‬
‫اﳋﺪﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫واﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ اﳋﺪﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫●إذا ﻓﺎض اﳌﺎء ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺻﻤﺎم اﳌﺎء ‪،‬‬
‫اﻏﻠﻖ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض ﻣﺆﺷﺮ س‬
‫س ﻋﻠﻰ زﺟﺎج اﻟﻌﺮض‪ .‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ اﳋﺪﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث‬
‫● ﻳﻌﺮض ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ اﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﲟﺴﺘﻮى اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫● اﳊﻤﻞ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻮﺗﻮر‪.‬‬
‫● اﳊﻤﻞ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻮﺗﻮر‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪث اﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮرﻳﺪ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺎء‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﲢﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ « ‪ ، »dHE‬اﻧﺰع اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻴﺎر واﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ اﳋﺪﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫ﺷﺮوط اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻪ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫● رﺣﻼت اﳋﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺘﻚ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻚ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ‪.‬‬
‫● اذا ﰎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻊ أي ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺷﻴﺮ اﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫● ‪ .‬اذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﺒﺐ اﳋﻄﺄ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺎدث ‪ ،‬إﻫﻤﺎل‪ ،‬أو ﻛﻮارث‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫● اذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﺒﺐ اﳋﻄﺄ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﶈﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎدي أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺴﺐ دﻟﻴﻞ اﳌﺎﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﺣﻮل اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﻨﺘﺞ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ‪.‬‬
‫● اذا ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ اﳋﻄﺄ آﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل‪،‬ﻓﺌﺮان أو ﺣﺸﺮات‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫● اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ واﻻﻫﺘﺰاز اﻟﺬي ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﺎدي ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎل ﺻﻮت ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫اﳌﺎء ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮت دوران أو ﺻﻮت اﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ )ﺑﻴﺐ ( ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺜﻼً ‪ ،‬رﻓﻊ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫● اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ أوﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ دﻟﻴﻞ اﳌﺎﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫● اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ‪/‬ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻦ اﳌﺎﻛﻴﻨﺎت‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫اﳌﻀﺨﺔ وﻣﺼﻔﺎة اﳋﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻊ أﺳﻼك‪ ،‬أزرار وﻏﻴﺮه ‪.‬‬
‫● وﺿﻊ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز ﻓﻲ أو ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ اﺳﻼك اﻟﺒﻴﺖ أو ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﺒﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮح ﺑﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺿﺮر ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺎدث أو ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ اﳌﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت اﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ‪.‬‬
‫● إذا أﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻻﻏﺮاض ﲡﺎرﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻪ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ /‬أﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﳊﻤﺎﻣﺎت ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎدق‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮف ﻟﻼﻳﺠﺎر (‬
‫‪32‬‬
33

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement